Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 89892:a2109a2c25d5
Sync to HEAD.
(emacs_mule_char): Check invalid code more regidly.
author | Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 12 Apr 2004 23:17:27 +0000 |
parents | 73bdeb6f6968 |
children | 68c22ea6027c |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
51232
07dc24e888c8
(mode_line_string): Remove unused var `f'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51193
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,88,93,94,95,97,98,1999,2000,01,02,2003 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
88351
aac41b50c875
Include "character.h" instead of "charset.h".
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "character.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 79 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
80 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
81 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
82 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 83 |
84 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
85 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
86 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
87 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
91 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
99 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
101 #endif | |
25012 | 102 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
103 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
104 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 105 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
106 #endif | |
25012 | 107 |
108 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
109 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
110 | |
111 struct dim | |
112 { | |
113 int width; | |
114 int height; | |
115 }; | |
116 | |
117 | |
118 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
119 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
120 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
122 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
123 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 125 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
126 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
127 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
128 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
129 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
130 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
131 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 133 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
134 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
135 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
136 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
137 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
138 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
139 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 140 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
141 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 142 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
25012 | 144 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
145 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
146 struct window *)); | |
147 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
148 struct window *)); | |
149 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
150 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
151 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
153 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
155 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
158 int, int)); | |
159 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
160 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
161 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
162 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 163 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
164 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 165 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
166 int)); | |
167 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
168 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
169 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 170 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
171 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
172 #endif |
25012 | 173 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
174 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
175 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
177 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
178 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
179 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 180 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
182 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
183 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
184 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 186 |
187 | |
188 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
189 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
190 scrolling. */ | |
191 | |
192 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
193 |
554 | 194 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 195 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 196 |
764 | 197 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 198 |
25012 | 199 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 200 |
201 int display_completed; | |
202 | |
25012 | 203 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
204 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 205 |
206 int visible_bell; | |
207 | |
764 | 208 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 209 |
210 int inverse_video; | |
211 | |
212 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
213 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
214 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 215 |
25012 | 216 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
217 is running. */ | |
314 | 218 |
219 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
220 | |
221 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 222 |
314 | 223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
224 | |
25012 | 225 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
226 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 227 |
228 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 229 as a character code. |
230 | |
231 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
232 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 233 |
234 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
235 | |
236 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
237 | |
238 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
239 | |
25012 | 240 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
241 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 242 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
243 | |
314 | 244 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
245 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
246 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 247 |
314 | 248 |
25012 | 249 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
250 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
251 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
252 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 253 |
254 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 255 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 256 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
257 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 258 |
259 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
260 | |
261 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
262 | |
263 FILE *termscript; | |
264 | |
265 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
266 | |
267 struct cm Wcm; | |
268 | |
269 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
270 | |
271 int delayed_size_change; | |
272 | |
273 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
274 | |
275 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
276 | |
277 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
278 | |
279 struct window *updated_window; | |
280 | |
281 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
282 | |
283 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
284 int updated_area; | |
285 | |
286 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
287 | |
288 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
289 | |
290 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
291 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
292 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
293 | |
294 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
295 | |
296 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
297 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
298 | |
299 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
300 int glyph_pool_count; | |
301 | |
302 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
303 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
304 | |
305 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
306 | |
307 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
308 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
309 | |
310 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
311 | |
312 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
313 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
314 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
315 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
316 loaded on demand. */ | |
317 | |
318 int fonts_changed_p; | |
319 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
320 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 321 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
322 | |
323 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
324 | |
325 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
326 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
327 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
328 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
329 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
361 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
371 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
376 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
382 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
399 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
404 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
413 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
414 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 |
25012 | 429 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
430 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
431 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
432 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 433 |
434 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
435 | |
436 | |
437 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
438 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
439 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 440 |
441 void | |
442 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
443 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
444 char *to; |
314 | 445 int size; |
446 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
447 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 448 return; |
449 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
451 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 else |
314 | 458 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
459 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 461 |
462 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
463 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
464 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
465 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
466 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
467 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 468 if (to - from < 64) |
469 { | |
470 do | |
471 *--endt = *--endf; | |
472 while (endf != from); | |
473 } | |
474 else | |
475 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
476 for (;;) |
314 | 477 { |
478 endt -= (to - from); | |
479 endf -= (to - from); | |
480 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
481 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
482 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
483 |
314 | 484 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
485 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
487 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 488 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
489 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 490 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
491 } | |
492 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
314 | 494 |
25012 | 495 |
496 | |
497 /*********************************************************************** | |
498 Glyph Matrices | |
499 ***********************************************************************/ | |
500 | |
501 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
502 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
503 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
504 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
505 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
506 | |
507 struct glyph_matrix * | |
508 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
509 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
510 { | |
511 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
512 | |
513 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
514 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
515 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
516 | |
517 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
518 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
519 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
520 | |
521 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
522 result->pool = pool; | |
523 return result; | |
524 } | |
525 | |
526 | |
527 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
528 | |
529 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
530 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
531 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
532 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
533 |
25012 | 534 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
535 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
536 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
537 | |
538 static void | |
539 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
540 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
541 { | |
542 if (matrix) | |
543 { | |
544 int i; | |
545 | |
546 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
547 allocated. */ | |
548 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
549 abort (); | |
550 | |
551 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
552 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
553 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
554 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
555 |
25012 | 556 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
557 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
558 xfree (matrix); | |
559 } | |
560 } | |
561 | |
562 | |
563 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
564 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
565 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
566 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
567 or a float. */ | |
568 | |
569 static int | |
570 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
571 struct window *w; | |
572 int total_glyphs; | |
573 Lisp_Object margin; | |
574 { | |
575 int n; | |
576 | |
577 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
578 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
579 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 580 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
581 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
582 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
583 } | |
584 else | |
585 n = 0; | |
586 | |
587 return n; | |
588 } | |
589 | |
590 | |
591 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
592 window sizes. | |
593 | |
594 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
595 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
596 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
597 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
598 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
599 | |
600 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
601 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
602 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
603 MATRIX->pool. | |
604 | |
605 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
606 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
607 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
608 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
609 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
610 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
611 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
612 | |
613 static void | |
614 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
615 struct window *w; | |
616 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
617 int x, y; | |
618 struct dim dim; | |
619 { | |
620 int i; | |
621 int new_rows; | |
622 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 623 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
624 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 625 int left = -1, right = -1; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
626 int window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 627 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
628 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ |
25012 | 629 if (w) |
630 { | |
25546 | 631 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
632 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 633 } |
25546 | 634 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 635 |
636 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
637 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
638 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
639 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
640 { | |
88123 | 641 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
642 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
643 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 644 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
645 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
646 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
647 | |
648 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
649 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 650 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
651 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
652 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 653 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
654 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
655 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
656 return; | |
657 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
658 |
25012 | 659 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
660 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
661 { | |
662 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
663 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
664 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
665 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
666 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
667 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
668 } | |
669 else | |
670 new_rows = 0; | |
671 | |
672 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
673 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
674 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
675 if (matrix->pool) | |
676 { | |
677 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
678 |
25012 | 679 if (w) |
680 { | |
681 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
682 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 683 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
684 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 685 } |
686 else | |
687 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
688 |
25012 | 689 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
690 { | |
691 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
692 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
693 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 694 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
695 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
696 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
697 |
25012 | 698 if (w == NULL |
699 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 700 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 701 { |
702 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
703 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
704 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
705 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
706 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
707 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
708 } | |
709 else | |
710 { | |
711 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
712 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
713 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
714 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
715 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
716 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
717 } | |
718 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
719 |
25012 | 720 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
721 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
722 } | |
723 else | |
724 { | |
725 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
726 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
727 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
728 || new_rows | |
25546 | 729 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 730 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
731 { | |
732 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
733 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
734 |
25012 | 735 while (row < end) |
736 { | |
737 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
738 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
739 (dim.width | |
740 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
741 |
25012 | 742 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
743 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 744 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 745 { |
746 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
747 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
748 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
749 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
750 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
751 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
752 } | |
753 else | |
754 { | |
755 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
756 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
757 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
758 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
759 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
760 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
761 } | |
762 ++row; | |
763 } | |
764 } | |
765 | |
766 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
767 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
768 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
769 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
770 |
25012 | 771 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
772 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
773 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 774 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
775 if (w) |
25012 | 776 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
777 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 778 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
780 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
781 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
782 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
785 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
789 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
790 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
791 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
792 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
793 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
794 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
795 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
797 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
798 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
799 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
800 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
801 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
803 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
804 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
805 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
806 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
809 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
810 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
812 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 } |
25012 | 819 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 821 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
823 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
825 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 826 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
827 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
828 } | |
829 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
830 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
831 |
25012 | 832 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
833 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
834 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
835 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
836 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
837 | |
838 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
839 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
840 if (w) | |
841 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
842 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
843 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 844 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
845 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
846 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
847 } | |
848 } | |
849 | |
850 | |
851 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
852 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
853 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
854 below). */ | |
314 | 855 |
856 static void | |
25012 | 857 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
858 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
859 int start, end; | |
314 | 860 { |
25012 | 861 int i, j; |
862 | |
863 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
864 { | |
865 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
866 initialization. */ | |
867 struct glyph_row temp; | |
868 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
869 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
870 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
871 } | |
314 | 872 } |
873 | |
25012 | 874 |
875 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
876 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
877 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
878 row structures are moved around). | |
879 | |
880 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
881 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
882 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
883 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
884 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
885 rotating right. */ | |
886 | |
887 void | |
888 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
889 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
890 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 891 { |
25012 | 892 if (by < 0) |
893 { | |
894 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
895 by = -by; | |
896 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
897 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
898 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
899 } | |
900 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 901 { |
25012 | 902 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
903 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
904 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
905 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 906 } |
25012 | 907 } |
908 | |
909 | |
910 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
911 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
912 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
913 | |
914 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
915 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 916 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
917 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
918 { | |
919 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
920 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
921 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
922 xassert (start <= end); | |
923 | |
924 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
925 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 926 } |
927 | |
928 | |
929 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
930 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
931 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
932 | |
933 void | |
934 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
935 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
936 int start, end; | |
937 int enabled_p; | |
938 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
939 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
940 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
941 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
942 |
25012 | 943 for (; start < end; ++start) |
944 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
945 } | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
949 | |
950 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
951 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
952 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
953 enabled_p flag. | |
954 | |
955 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
956 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
957 | |
958 void | |
959 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
960 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
961 { | |
962 if (matrix) | |
314 | 963 { |
25012 | 964 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
965 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 966 } |
967 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
968 |
25012 | 969 |
970 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
971 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
972 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
973 | |
974 void | |
975 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
976 struct window *w; | |
977 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
978 int start, end, dy; | |
979 { | |
980 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
981 |
25012 | 982 xassert (start <= end); |
983 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
984 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
985 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
986 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
987 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
988 |
25012 | 989 for (; start < end; ++start) |
990 { | |
991 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
992 |
25012 | 993 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
994 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
995 |
25012 | 996 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
997 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
998 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
999 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1000 } |
1001 } | |
1002 | |
1003 | |
1004 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1005 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1006 current matrix. */ | |
1007 | |
1008 void | |
1009 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1010 register struct frame *f; | |
1011 { | |
1012 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1013 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1014 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1015 | |
1016 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1017 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1018 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1019 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1020 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1021 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1022 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1023 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1024 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1025 |
1026 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1027 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1028 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1029 } | |
1030 | |
1031 | |
1032 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1033 |
21514 | 1034 void |
25012 | 1035 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1036 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1037 { |
25012 | 1038 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1039 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1040 |
25012 | 1041 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
1042 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1043 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1044 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1045 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1046 |
1047 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1048 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1049 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1050 } | |
1051 | |
1052 | |
1053 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1054 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1055 | |
1056 static void | |
1057 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1058 struct window *w; | |
1059 int desired_p; | |
1060 { | |
1061 while (w) | |
314 | 1062 { |
25012 | 1063 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1064 { | |
1065 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1066 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1067 } | |
1068 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1069 { |
25012 | 1070 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1071 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1072 } | |
1073 else | |
1074 { | |
1075 if (desired_p) | |
1076 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1077 else | |
314 | 1078 { |
25012 | 1079 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1080 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1081 } |
25012 | 1082 } |
1083 | |
1084 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1085 } | |
1086 } | |
1087 | |
1088 | |
1089 | |
1090 /*********************************************************************** | |
1091 Glyph Rows | |
1092 | |
1093 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1094 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1095 | |
1096 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1097 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1098 structure members. */ | |
1099 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1100 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
25012 | 1102 void |
1103 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1104 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1105 { | |
1106 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1107 | |
1108 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1109 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1110 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1111 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1112 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1113 | |
1114 /* Clear. */ | |
1115 *row = null_row; | |
1116 | |
1117 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1118 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1119 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1120 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1121 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1123 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1124 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1125 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1127 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1128 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 #endif |
25012 | 1132 } |
1133 | |
1134 | |
1135 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1136 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1137 | |
1138 void | |
1139 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1140 struct window *w; | |
1141 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1142 int y; | |
1143 { | |
1144 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1146 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1147 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1148 |
25012 | 1149 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1150 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1151 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1152 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1153 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
25012 | 1155 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1156 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1157 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1158 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1159 |
1160 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1161 } | |
1162 | |
1163 | |
1164 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1165 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1166 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1167 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1168 ends. */ | |
1169 | |
1170 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1171 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1172 struct glyph_row *row; |
1173 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1174 { | |
1175 int area, i; | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1178 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1179 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1180 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1181 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1182 | |
1183 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1184 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1185 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1186 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1187 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1188 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1189 | |
1190 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1191 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1192 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1193 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1194 } | |
1195 | |
1196 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1197 #if 0 |
25012 | 1198 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1199 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1200 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1201 | |
1202 static void | |
1203 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1204 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1205 { | |
1206 int area; | |
1207 | |
1208 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1209 { | |
1210 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1211 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1212 | |
1213 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1214 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1215 | |
1216 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1217 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1218 | |
1219 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1220 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1221 | |
1222 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1223 { | |
1224 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1225 initialization. */ | |
1226 struct glyph temp; | |
1227 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1228 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1229 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1230 ++glyph_a; | |
1231 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1232 } |
1233 } | |
1234 } | |
25012 | 1235 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1236 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1237 |
1238 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1239 | |
1240 static INLINE void | |
1241 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1242 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1243 { | |
1244 int i; | |
1245 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1246 { | |
1247 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1248 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1249 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1250 } | |
1251 } | |
1252 | |
1253 | |
1254 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1255 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1256 | |
1257 INLINE void | |
1258 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1259 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1260 { | |
1261 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1262 | |
1263 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1264 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1265 | |
1266 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1267 *to = *from; | |
1268 | |
1269 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1270 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1271 } | |
1272 | |
1273 | |
1274 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1275 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1276 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1277 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1278 | |
1279 void | |
1280 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1281 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1282 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1283 { | |
1284 int area; | |
1285 | |
1286 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1287 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1288 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1289 | |
1290 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1291 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1292 if (from->used[area]) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1293 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], |
25012 | 1294 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
1295 | |
1296 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1297 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1298 } |
1299 | |
1300 | |
1301 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1302 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1303 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1304 a memory leak. */ | |
1305 | |
1306 static INLINE void | |
1307 assign_row (to, from) | |
1308 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1309 { | |
1310 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1311 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1312 } | |
1313 | |
1314 | |
1315 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1316 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1317 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1318 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1319 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1320 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1321 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
25012 | 1323 static int |
1324 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1325 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1326 { | |
1327 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1328 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1329 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1330 | |
1331 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1332 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1333 } | |
1334 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1335 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1336 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1337 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
25012 | 1339 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1340 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1341 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1342 | |
1343 static struct glyph_row * | |
1344 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1345 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1346 int row; | |
1347 { | |
1348 int i; | |
1349 | |
1350 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1351 | |
1352 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1353 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1354 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1355 break; | |
1356 | |
1357 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1358 } | |
1359 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1360 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1361 |
1362 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1363 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1364 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1365 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1366 | |
1367 void | |
1368 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1369 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1370 { | |
1371 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1372 { | |
1373 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1374 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1375 } | |
1376 } | |
1377 | |
1378 | |
1379 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1380 | |
1381 int | |
1382 line_hash_code (row) | |
1383 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1384 { | |
1385 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
25012 | 1387 if (row->enabled_p) |
1388 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1389 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1390 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1392 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1393 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1394 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1395 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1396 if (must_write_spaces) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1397 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1398 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1399 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1400 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1401 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1403 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1404 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1405 } |
1406 | |
1407 return hash; | |
1408 } | |
1409 | |
1410 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1411 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1412 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1413 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1414 | |
1415 static unsigned int | |
1416 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1417 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1418 int vpos; | |
1419 { | |
1420 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1421 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1422 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1423 int len; | |
1424 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1425 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1426 | |
1427 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1428 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1429 { | |
1430 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1431 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1432 --end; |
1433 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1434 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1435 if (end == beg) |
1436 return 0; | |
1437 | |
1438 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1439 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1440 ++beg; | |
1441 } | |
1442 | |
1443 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1444 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1445 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1446 len = end - beg; | |
1447 else | |
1448 { | |
1449 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1450 in LEN. */ | |
1451 len = 0; | |
1452 while (beg < end) | |
1453 { | |
1454 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1456 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1457 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1458 len += 1; |
1459 else | |
1460 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1461 |
25012 | 1462 ++beg; |
1463 } | |
1464 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
25012 | 1466 return len; |
1467 } | |
1468 | |
1469 | |
1470 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1471 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1472 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1473 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1474 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1475 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1476 static INLINE int |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1477 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1478 struct window *w; |
1479 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1480 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1481 { |
1482 if (a == b) | |
1483 return 1; | |
1484 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1485 return 0; | |
1486 else | |
1487 { | |
1488 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1489 int area; | |
1490 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1491 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1492 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
25012 | 1494 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1495 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1496 { | |
1497 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1498 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
25012 | 1500 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1501 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1502 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
25012 | 1504 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1505 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1506 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
25012 | 1508 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1509 return 0; | |
1510 } | |
1511 | |
1512 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1513 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1514 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1515 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1516 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1517 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1518 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1519 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1520 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1521 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1522 || a->x != b->x | |
1523 /* Different height. */ | |
1524 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1525 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1526 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1527 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1528 return 0; | |
1529 } | |
1530 | |
1531 return 1; | |
1532 } | |
1533 | |
1534 | |
314 | 1535 |
25012 | 1536 /*********************************************************************** |
1537 Glyph Pool | |
1538 | |
1539 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1540 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1541 | |
1542 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1543 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1544 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1545 | |
1546 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1547 new_glyph_pool () | |
1548 { | |
1549 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1550 | |
1551 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1552 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1553 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
25012 | 1555 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1556 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
25012 | 1558 return result; |
1559 } | |
1560 | |
1561 | |
1562 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1563 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1564 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1565 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1566 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1567 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1568 | |
1569 static void | |
1570 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1571 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1572 { | |
1573 if (pool) | |
1574 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1575 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1576 --glyph_pool_count; |
1577 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1578 | |
1579 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1580 xfree (pool); | |
1581 } | |
1582 } | |
1583 | |
1584 | |
1585 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1586 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1587 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1588 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1589 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1590 | |
1591 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1592 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1593 | |
1594 static int | |
1595 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1596 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1597 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1598 { | |
1599 int needed; | |
1600 int changed_p; | |
1601 | |
1602 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1603 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1604 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1605 | |
1606 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1607 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1608 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1609 { | |
1610 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1611 | |
1612 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1613 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1614 else | |
1615 { | |
1616 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1617 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1618 } | |
1619 | |
1620 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1621 } | |
1622 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1623 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1624 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1625 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1626 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1627 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1628 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
25012 | 1630 return changed_p; |
1631 } | |
1632 | |
1633 | |
1634 | |
1635 /*********************************************************************** | |
1636 Debug Code | |
1637 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1638 | |
1639 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1640 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1642 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1643 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1644 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1645 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1646 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1647 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1648 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1649 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
25012 | 1652 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1653 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1654 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1655 MATRIX. */ | |
1656 | |
1657 void | |
1658 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1659 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1660 { | |
1661 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
25012 | 1663 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1664 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1665 xassert (i == j | |
1666 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1667 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1668 } | |
1669 | |
1670 | |
1671 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1672 | |
1673 struct glyph_row * | |
1674 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1675 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1676 int row; | |
1677 { | |
1678 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1679 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1680 | |
1681 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1682 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1683 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1684 #if 0 |
25012 | 1685 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1686 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1687 |
25012 | 1688 return matrix->rows + row; |
1689 } | |
1690 | |
1691 | |
1692 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1693 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1694 nevertheless. */ | |
1695 | |
1696 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1697 window W. */ | |
1698 | |
1699 static void | |
1700 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1701 struct window *w; |
1702 { | |
25012 | 1703 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1704 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1705 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1706 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1707 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1708 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1709 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1710 |
25012 | 1711 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1712 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1713 return; | |
1714 | |
1715 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1716 | |
1717 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1718 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1719 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1720 { | |
1721 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1722 | |
1723 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1724 last_text_row = row; | |
1725 | |
1726 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1727 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1728 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1729 | |
1730 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1731 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1732 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1733 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1734 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1735 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1736 | |
1737 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1738 of next row. */ | |
1739 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1740 { | |
1741 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1742 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1743 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1744 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1745 } | |
1746 row = next; | |
1747 } | |
1748 | |
1749 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1750 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1751 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1752 } | |
1753 | |
1754 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1755 | |
1756 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1757 | |
1758 | |
1759 | |
1760 /********************************************************************** | |
1761 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1762 **********************************************************************/ | |
1763 | |
1764 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1765 redisplay | |
1766 | |
1767 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1768 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1769 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1770 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1771 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1772 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1773 performed. | |
1774 | |
1775 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1776 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1777 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1778 | |
1779 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1780 | |
1781 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1782 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1783 | |
1784 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1785 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1786 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1787 |
1788 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1789 function. | |
1790 | |
1791 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1792 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1793 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1794 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1795 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1796 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1797 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1798 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1799 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1800 | |
1801 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1802 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1803 necessary. | |
1804 | |
1805 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1806 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1807 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1808 windows in the sequence. | |
1809 | |
1810 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1811 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1812 | | | | | | |
1813 | | | | | |
1814 +---------+ | | result height | |
1815 | +---------+ | |
1816 | | | | |
1817 +----------+ --- | |
1818 | |
1819 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1820 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1821 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1822 | |
1823 |<---- result width -->| | |
1824 +---------+ --- | |
1825 | | | | |
1826 | | | | |
1827 +---------+--+ | | |
1828 | | | | |
1829 | | result height | |
1830 | | | |
1831 +------------+---------+ | | |
1832 | | | | |
1833 | | | | |
1834 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1835 | |
1836 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1837 allocated. */ | |
1838 | |
1839 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1840 | |
1841 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1842 size. */ | |
1843 | |
1844 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1845 | |
1846 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1847 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1848 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1849 Lisp_Object window; |
1850 int x, y; | |
1851 int dim_only_p; | |
1852 int *window_change_flags; | |
1853 { | |
1854 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1855 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1856 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1857 struct dim total; | |
1858 struct dim dim; | |
1859 struct window *w; | |
1860 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1861 | |
1862 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1863 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1864 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1865 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1866 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1867 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1868 in_horz_combination_p | |
1869 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1870 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1871 | |
1872 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1873 do |
25012 | 1874 { |
1875 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1876 | |
1877 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1878 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1879 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1880 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1881 dim_only_p, |
1882 window_change_flags); | |
1883 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1884 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1885 dim_only_p, |
1886 window_change_flags); | |
1887 else | |
1888 { | |
1889 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1890 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1891 { | |
1892 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1893 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1894 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1895 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1896 |
25012 | 1897 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1898 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1899 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1900 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1901 |
1902 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1903 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1904 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1905 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1906 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1907 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1908 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1909 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1910 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1911 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1912 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1913 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1914 | |
1915 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1916 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1917 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1918 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1919 necessary. */ | |
1920 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1921 { | |
1922 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1923 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1924 } | |
1925 } | |
1926 | |
1927 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1928 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1929 below W. */ | |
1930 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1931 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1932 else |
25012 | 1933 y += dim.height; |
1934 | |
1935 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1936 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1937 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1938 | |
1939 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1940 window = w->next; | |
1941 } | |
1942 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1943 | |
1944 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1945 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1946 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1947 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1948 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1949 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1950 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1951 { | |
1952 total.width = x - x0; | |
1953 total.height = hmax; | |
1954 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1955 else |
25012 | 1956 { |
1957 total.width = wmax; | |
1958 total.height = y - y0; | |
1959 } | |
1960 | |
1961 return total; | |
1962 } | |
1963 | |
1964 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1965 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1966 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1967 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1968 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1969 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1970 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1974 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1975 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1976 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1979 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1980 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1983 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1984 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1988 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1989 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1994 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1995 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1996 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2003 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2005 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2009 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2016 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
25012 | 2020 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2021 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2022 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
25012 | 2024 static void |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2026 struct window *w; |
2027 { | |
2028 while (w) | |
314 | 2029 { |
25012 | 2030 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2031 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2032 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2033 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2034 else |
314 | 2035 { |
25012 | 2036 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2037 struct dim dim; | |
2038 | |
2039 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2040 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2041 { |
25012 | 2042 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2043 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2044 } |
25012 | 2045 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2046 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2047 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2048 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2049 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2050 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
25012 | 2052 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
2053 } | |
2054 } | |
2055 | |
2056 | |
2057 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2058 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2059 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2060 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2061 | |
2062 void | |
2063 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2064 struct frame *f; | |
2065 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2066 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2067 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2068 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2069 |
25012 | 2070 if (f) |
2071 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2072 else | |
2073 { | |
2074 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2075 |
25012 | 2076 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2077 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2078 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2080 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2081 } |
2082 | |
2083 | |
2084 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2086 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2087 |
25012 | 2088 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2089 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2090 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2091 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2092 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2093 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2094 | |
2095 static void | |
2096 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2097 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2098 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2099 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2100 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2101 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2102 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2103 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2104 |
2105 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2106 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2107 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2108 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2109 |
2110 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2111 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2112 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2113 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2114 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2115 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2116 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2117 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
25012 | 2119 |
2120 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2121 | |
2122 static void | |
2123 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2124 struct frame *f; | |
2125 { | |
2126 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2127 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2128 else | |
2129 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
25012 | 2131 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2132 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2133 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2134 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2135 | |
2136 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2137 } | |
2138 | |
2139 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2140 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2152 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2158 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2164 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2165 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2170 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2176 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2183 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2184 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2186 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2191 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2192 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2225 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2227 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2228 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2229 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2230 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2232 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2233 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2234 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2235 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2236 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2237 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2238 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2239 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2240 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2241 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2242 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2243 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2244 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2245 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
25012 | 2248 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2249 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2250 | |
2251 static void | |
2252 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2253 struct frame *f; | |
2254 { | |
2255 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2256 int pool_changed_p; | |
2257 int window_change_flags; | |
2258 int top_window_y; | |
2259 | |
2260 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2261 return; | |
2262 | |
2263 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2264 | |
2265 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2266 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2267 { | |
2268 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2269 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2270 } | |
2271 | |
2272 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2273 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2274 { | |
2275 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2276 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2277 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2278 |
25012 | 2279 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2280 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2281 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2282 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2283 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2284 matrix. */ | |
2285 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2286 matrix_dim | |
2287 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2288 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2289 1, |
25012 | 2290 &window_change_flags); |
2291 | |
2292 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2293 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2294 | |
2295 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2296 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2297 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2298 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2299 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2300 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2301 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2302 { | |
2303 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2304 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2305 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2306 &window_change_flags); |
2307 | |
2308 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2309 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2310 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2311 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2312 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2313 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2314 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2315 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2316 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2317 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2318 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2319 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2320 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2321 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2322 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2323 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2324 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2325 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2326 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2328 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2329 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2330 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2331 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2333 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2334 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2335 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2336 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2337 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2338 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2339 } |
25012 | 2340 } |
2341 } | |
2342 | |
2343 | |
2344 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2345 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2346 | |
2347 static void | |
2348 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2349 struct frame *f; | |
2350 { | |
2351 struct window *w; | |
2352 | |
2353 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
25012 | 2355 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2356 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2357 |
2358 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2359 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2360 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2361 { |
2362 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2363 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2364 { | |
2365 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2366 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2367 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2368 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2369 } | |
2370 else | |
2371 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2372 | |
2373 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2374 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2375 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2376 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2377 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2378 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2379 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2380 } |
2381 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2382 | |
49322 | 2383 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2384 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2385 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2386 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2387 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2388 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2389 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2390 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2391 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2392 } | |
2393 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2394 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2395 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2396 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2397 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2398 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2399 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2400 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2401 #endif |
25012 | 2402 } |
2403 | |
2404 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2405 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2406 |
2407 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2408 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2409 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2410 | |
2411 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2412 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2413 | |
2414 static void | |
2415 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2416 struct frame *f; | |
2417 { | |
2418 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2419 | |
2420 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2421 { | |
2422 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2423 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2424 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2425 } | |
2426 else | |
2427 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2428 } | |
2429 | |
2430 | |
2431 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2432 | |
2433 static void | |
2434 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2435 struct frame *f; | |
2436 { | |
2437 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2438 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2439 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2440 } | |
2441 | |
2442 | |
2443 | |
2444 /********************************************************************** | |
2445 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2446 **********************************************************************/ | |
2447 | |
2448 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2449 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2450 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2451 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2452 | |
2453 void | |
2454 free_glyphs (f) | |
2455 struct frame *f; | |
2456 { | |
2457 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2458 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2459 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2460 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2461 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2462 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2463 |
25012 | 2464 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2465 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2466 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2467 | |
2468 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2469 glyph matrices. */ | |
2470 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2471 { | |
2472 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2473 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2474 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2475 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2476 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2477 } | |
2478 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2479 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2480 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2481 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2482 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2483 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2484 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2485 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2486 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2487 } |
2488 | |
2489 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2490 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2491 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2492 { | |
2493 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2494 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2495 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2496 } | |
2497 | |
2498 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2499 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2500 { | |
2501 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2502 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2503 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2504 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2505 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2506 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2507 } |
2508 } | |
2509 | |
25012 | 2510 |
2511 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2512 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2513 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2514 | |
2515 void | |
2516 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2517 struct window *w; | |
2518 { | |
2519 while (w) | |
2520 { | |
2521 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2522 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2523 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2524 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2525 else |
25012 | 2526 { |
2527 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2528 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2529 W. */ | |
2530 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2531 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2532 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2533 } | |
2534 | |
2535 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2536 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2537 } | |
2538 } | |
2539 | |
2540 | |
2541 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2542 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2543 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2544 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2546 void |
25012 | 2547 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2548 { |
25012 | 2549 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2550 | |
2551 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2552 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2553 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2554 | |
2555 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2556 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2557 abort (); | |
2558 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2559 abort (); | |
2560 } | |
2561 | |
2562 | |
2563 | |
2564 /********************************************************************** | |
2565 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2566 **********************************************************************/ | |
2567 | |
2568 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2569 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2570 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2571 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2572 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2573 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2574 window matrices in this section. | |
2575 | |
2576 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2577 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2578 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2579 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2580 | |
2581 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2582 | desired | desired | | |
2583 | | | | |
2584 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2585 | current | | |
2586 | | | |
2587 +----------------------------------+ | |
2588 | |
2589 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2590 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2591 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2592 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2593 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2594 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2595 | |
2596 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2597 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2598 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2599 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2600 |
25012 | 2601 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2602 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2603 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2604 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2605 | |
2606 This problem is solved like this: | |
2607 | |
2608 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2609 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2610 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2611 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2612 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
25012 | 2614 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2615 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2616 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2617 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2618 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2619 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2620 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2621 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2622 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2623 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2624 | |
2625 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2626 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2627 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2628 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2629 | |
2630 static void | |
2631 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2632 struct frame *f; | |
2633 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2634 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
25012 | 2636 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2637 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2638 |
25012 | 2639 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2640 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2641 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2642 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2643 | |
2644 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2645 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2646 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2647 } | |
2648 | |
2649 | |
2650 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2651 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2652 | |
2653 static void | |
2654 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2655 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2656 struct window *w; | |
2657 { | |
2658 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2659 { |
25012 | 2660 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2661 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2662 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2663 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2664 else | |
2665 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2666 | |
2667 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2668 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2669 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2670 |
25012 | 2671 |
2672 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2673 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2674 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2675 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2676 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2677 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2678 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2679 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2680 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2681 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2682 | |
2683 static void | |
2684 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2685 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2686 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2687 { |
25012 | 2688 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2689 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2690 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2691 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2692 | |
2693 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2694 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2695 { | |
2696 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2697 | |
2698 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2699 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2700 { | |
2701 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2702 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2703 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2704 : '|'); | |
2705 } | |
2706 } | |
2707 else | |
2708 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2709 | |
2710 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2711 frame matrix. */ | |
2712 window_y = 0; | |
2713 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2714 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2715 { |
25012 | 2716 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2717 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2718 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2719 |
2720 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2721 window row. */ | |
2722 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2723 | |
2724 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2725 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2727 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2728 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2729 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2730 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2731 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2732 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2733 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2734 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2735 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2737 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2738 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2739 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2740 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2741 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2742 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2743 } | |
2744 else | |
2745 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2746 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2748 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2749 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2750 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
25012 | 2752 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2753 windows. */ | |
2754 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2755 { | |
2756 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2757 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2758 } | |
2759 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2760 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2761 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2762 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
25012 | 2764 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2765 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2767 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2768 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2769 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2770 #endif |
25012 | 2771 } |
2772 | |
2773 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2774 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2775 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2776 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2777 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2778 | |
2779 /* Next row. */ | |
2780 ++window_y; | |
2781 ++frame_y; | |
2782 } | |
2783 } | |
2784 | |
2785 | |
2786 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2787 | |
2788 Each row has the form: | |
2789 | |
2790 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2791 | left | text | right | | |
2792 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2793 | |
2794 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2795 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2796 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2797 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2798 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2799 | |
2800 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2801 | |
2802 static void | |
2803 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2804 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2805 { | |
2806 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2807 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2808 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2809 } | |
2810 | |
2811 | |
2812 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2813 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2814 | |
2815 static void | |
2816 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2817 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2818 int area; | |
2819 { | |
2820 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2821 { | |
2822 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2823 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2824 | |
2825 while (text < end) | |
2826 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2827 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2828 } | |
2829 } | |
2830 | |
2831 | |
2832 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2833 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2834 | |
2835 static void | |
2836 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2837 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2838 int upto; | |
2839 { | |
2840 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2841 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
25012 | 2843 while (i < upto) |
2844 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2845 | |
2846 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2847 } | |
2848 | |
2849 | |
2850 | |
2851 /********************************************************************** | |
2852 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2853 **********************************************************************/ | |
2854 | |
2855 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2856 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2857 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2858 | |
2859 static INLINE void | |
2860 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2861 struct frame *f; | |
2862 { | |
2863 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2864 } | |
2865 | |
2866 | |
2867 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2868 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2869 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2870 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2871 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2872 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2873 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2874 | |
2875 static INLINE void | |
2876 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2877 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2878 int row; | |
2879 { | |
2880 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2881 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2882 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2883 |
2884 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2885 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2886 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2887 | |
2888 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2889 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2890 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2891 |
2892 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2893 for window matrices. */ | |
2894 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2895 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2896 } | |
2897 | |
2898 | |
2899 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2900 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2901 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2902 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2903 | |
2904 static void | |
2905 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2906 struct window *w; | |
2907 int frame_row; | |
2908 { | |
2909 while (w) | |
2910 { | |
2911 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2912 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2913 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2914 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2915 else | |
2916 { | |
2917 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2918 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2919 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2920 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2921 | |
2922 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2923 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2924 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2925 { |
25012 | 2926 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2927 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2928 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2929 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2930 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2931 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2932 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2933 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2934 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2935 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2936 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2937 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2938 |
25012 | 2939 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2940 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2941 } |
25012 | 2942 |
2943 | |
2944 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2945 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2946 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2947 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2948 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2949 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2950 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2951 | |
2952 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2953 |
25012 | 2954 void |
2955 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2956 retained_p) | |
2957 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2958 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2959 int *copy_from; | |
2960 char *retained_p; | |
2961 { | |
2962 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2963 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2964 | |
2965 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2966 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2967 |
25012 | 2968 int i; |
2969 | |
2970 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2971 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2972 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2973 | |
2974 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2975 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2976 { | |
2977 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2978 | |
2979 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2980 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2981 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2982 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2983 | |
2984 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2985 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2986 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2987 } | |
2988 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2989 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 2990 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
2991 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2992 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2993 } | |
2994 | |
2995 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2997 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3001 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3005 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3006 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3007 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3011 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3012 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3013 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3014 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3015 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3018 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3019 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3020 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3022 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3023 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3024 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3025 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3026 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3027 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3028 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3029 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3032 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3033 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3034 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3035 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3038 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3039 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3040 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3041 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3042 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3043 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3044 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3050 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3051 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 |
25012 | 3061 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3062 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3063 | |
3064 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3065 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3066 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3067 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3068 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3069 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3070 which is empty. */ | |
3071 | |
3072 static void | |
3073 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3074 struct window *w; | |
3075 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3076 int *copy_from; | |
3077 char *retained_p; | |
3078 { | |
3079 while (w) | |
3080 { | |
3081 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3082 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3083 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3084 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3085 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3086 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3087 else | |
3088 { | |
3089 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3090 matrix m. */ | |
3091 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3092 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3093 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3094 | |
3095 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3096 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3097 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3098 | |
3099 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3100 { | |
3101 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3102 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3103 |
25012 | 3104 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3105 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3106 |
25012 | 3107 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3108 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3109 |
25012 | 3110 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3111 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3112 |
25012 | 3113 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3114 int from_inside_window_p | |
3115 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3116 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3117 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3118 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3119 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3120 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3121 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3122 { |
3123 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3124 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3125 |
25012 | 3126 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3127 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3128 that. */ | |
3129 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3130 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3131 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3132 |
25012 | 3133 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3134 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3135 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3136 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3137 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3138 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3139 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3140 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3141 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3142 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3145 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3146 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3147 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3148 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3149 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3150 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3151 m2->rows + m2_from); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3152 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3157 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3158 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3160 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3166 |
25012 | 3167 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3168 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3169 } | |
3170 | |
3171 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3172 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3173 } | |
3174 } | |
3175 | |
3176 | |
3177 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3178 | |
3179 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3180 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3181 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3182 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3183 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3184 |
21514 | 3185 void |
25012 | 3186 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3187 struct window *w; |
3188 { | |
25012 | 3189 while (w) |
3190 { | |
3191 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3192 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3193 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3194 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3195 else | |
3196 { | |
3197 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3198 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3199 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3200 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3201 |
25012 | 3202 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3203 } | |
3204 } | |
3205 | |
3206 | |
3207 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3208 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3209 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3210 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3211 | |
3212 static void | |
3213 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3214 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3215 { | |
3216 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3217 int i = 0; | |
3218 | |
3219 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3220 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3221 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3222 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3223 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3224 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3225 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3226 { | |
3227 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3228 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3229 abort (); | |
3230 ++i, ++j; | |
3231 } | |
3232 } | |
3233 | |
3234 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3235 | |
3236 | |
3237 | |
3238 /********************************************************************** | |
3239 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3240 **********************************************************************/ | |
3241 | |
3242 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3243 | |
3244 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3245 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3246 | |
3247 static int | |
3248 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3249 struct window *w; | |
3250 int vpos; | |
3251 { | |
3252 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3253 |
25012 | 3254 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3255 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3256 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3257 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3258 return vpos; |
3259 } | |
3260 | |
3261 | |
3262 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3263 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3264 |
3265 static int | |
3266 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3267 struct window *w; | |
3268 int hpos; | |
3269 { | |
3270 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3271 |
25012 | 3272 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3273 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3274 return hpos; |
314 | 3275 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3276 |
25012 | 3277 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3278 | |
3279 | |
314 | 3280 |
25012 | 3281 /********************************************************************** |
3282 Redrawing Frames | |
3283 **********************************************************************/ | |
3284 | |
3285 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3286 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3287 (frame) |
25012 | 3288 Lisp_Object frame; |
3289 { | |
3290 struct frame *f; | |
3291 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3292 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3293 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3294 | |
3295 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3296 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3297 called so early here). */ | |
3298 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3299 return Qnil; | |
3300 | |
3301 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3302 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3303 set_terminal_modes (); |
3304 clear_frame (); | |
3305 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3306 update_end (f); | |
3307 fflush (stdout); | |
3308 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3309 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3310 its redisplay done. */ | |
3311 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3312 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3313 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3314 return Qnil; | |
3315 } | |
3316 | |
3317 | |
3318 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3319 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3320 | |
3321 void | |
3322 redraw_frame (f) | |
3323 struct frame *f; | |
3324 { | |
3325 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3326 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3327 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3328 } | |
3329 | |
3330 | |
3331 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3332 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3333 () |
25012 | 3334 { |
3335 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3336 | |
3337 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3338 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3339 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3340 | |
3341 return Qnil; | |
3342 } | |
3343 | |
3344 | |
3345 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3346 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3347 | |
3348 void | |
3349 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3350 { | |
3351 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3352 | |
3353 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3354 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3355 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3356 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3357 } | |
3358 | |
3359 | |
3360 | |
3361 /*********************************************************************** | |
3362 Direct Operations | |
3363 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3364 | |
3365 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3366 | |
3367 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3368 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3369 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3370 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3371 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3372 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3373 | |
3374 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3375 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3376 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3377 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3378 |
3379 int | |
3380 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3381 int g; | |
3382 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3383 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3384 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3385 struct it it, it2; | |
3386 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3387 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3388 int n; | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3389 /* Non-null means that redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3390 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); |
3391 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3392 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3393 int added_width; | |
3394 struct text_pos pos; | |
3395 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3396 | |
3397 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3398 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3399 | |
3400 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3401 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3402 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3403 || fonts_changed_p | |
3404 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3405 || face_change_count | |
3406 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3407 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3408 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3409 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3410 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3411 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3412 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3413 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3414 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3415 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3416 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3417 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3418 || (overwrite_p |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3419 && PT != ZV |
25012 | 3420 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') |
3421 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3422 || g == '\t' | |
3423 || g == '\n' | |
3424 || g == '\r' | |
3425 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3426 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3427 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3428 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3429 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3430 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3431 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3432 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3433 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3434 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3435 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3436 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3437 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3438 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3439 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3440 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3441 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3442 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3443 return 0; | |
3444 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3445 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3446 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3447 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3448 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3449 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3450 |
25012 | 3451 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3452 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3453 position. */ | |
3454 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3455 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3456 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3457 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3458 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3459 | |
3460 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3461 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3462 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3463 |
25012 | 3464 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing |
3465 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3466 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3467 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3468 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3469 { | |
3470 struct glyph *last; | |
3471 | |
3472 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3473 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3474 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3475 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3476 return 0; |
3477 } | |
3478 | |
3479 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3480 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3481 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3482 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3483 |
25012 | 3484 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; |
3485 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3486 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3487 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3488 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3489 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3490 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3491 |
3492 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3493 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3494 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a |
25012 | 3495 combination of both. */ |
3496 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3497 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3498 { | |
3499 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3500 | |
3501 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3502 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3503 return 0; | |
3504 | |
3505 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3506 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3507 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3508 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3509 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3510 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3511 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3512 return 0; | |
3513 | |
3514 delta += 1; | |
3515 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3516 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3517 } |
3518 | |
3519 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3520 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3521 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3522 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3523 return 0; |
3524 | |
25012 | 3525 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3526 it2 = it; | |
3527 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3528 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3529 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3530 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3531 { | |
3532 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3533 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3534 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3535 } |
3536 | |
3537 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3538 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3539 | |
3540 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3541 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3542 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3543 | |
3544 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3545 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3546 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3547 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3548 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3549 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3550 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3551 |
25012 | 3552 /* Compute new line width. */ |
3553 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3554 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3555 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3556 while (glyph < end) | |
3557 { | |
3558 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3559 ++glyph; | |
3560 } | |
3561 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3562 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly |
25012 | 3563 inserted ones. */ |
3564 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3565 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3566 glyph->charpos += delta; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3567 |
25012 | 3568 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) |
3569 { | |
3570 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3571 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3572 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
25012 | 3574 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3575 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3576 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3577 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3578 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3579 |
3580 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3581 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3582 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3583 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3584 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3585 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3586 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3587 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3588 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3589 | |
3590 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3591 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3592 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3593 and updated_row. */ | |
3594 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3595 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3596 update_begin (f); |
3597 if (rif) | |
3598 { | |
3599 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3600 |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3601 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3602 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3603 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3604 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3605 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3606 else | |
3607 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3608 } | |
3609 else | |
3610 { | |
3611 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3612 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3613 else | |
3614 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3615 } | |
3616 | |
3617 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3618 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3619 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3620 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3621 | |
3622 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3623 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3624 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3625 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3626 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3627 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3628 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3629 else | |
3630 { | |
3631 int x, y; | |
3632 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3633 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3634 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3635 : 0)); |
3636 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3637 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3638 } | |
3639 | |
3640 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3641 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3642 update_end (f); |
3643 updated_row = NULL; | |
3644 fflush (stdout); | |
3645 | |
3646 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
44260
64c67a3eebb2
(direct_output_for_insert): Call
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
43729
diff
changeset
|
3647 mark_window_display_accurate (it.window, 1); |
25012 | 3648 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3649 return 1; |
3650 } | |
3651 | |
25012 | 3652 |
3653 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3654 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3655 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3656 | |
314 | 3657 int |
3658 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3659 int n; | |
3660 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3661 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3662 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3663 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3664 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3665 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3666 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3667 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3668 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3669 |
25012 | 3670 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3671 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3672 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3673 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3674 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are |
25012 | 3675 displaying a message. */ |
3676 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3677 return 0; | |
3678 | |
3679 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3680 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3681 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3682 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3683 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3684 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3685 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3687 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3688 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3689 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3691 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3692 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3693 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3694 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3695 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3696 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3697 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3698 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3699 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3700 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3702 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3703 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3704 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
25012 | 3706 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3707 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
41069
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3709 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) |
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3710 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)) |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3711 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3712 |
25012 | 3713 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3714 |
25012 | 3715 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3716 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3717 |
3718 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3719 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3720 |
25012 | 3721 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3722 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3723 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3724 else | |
3725 { | |
3726 int x, y; | |
3727 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3728 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3729 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3730 : 0)); |
3731 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3732 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3733 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3734 |
314 | 3735 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3736 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3737 return 1; |
3738 } | |
25012 | 3739 |
3740 | |
314 | 3741 |
25012 | 3742 /*********************************************************************** |
3743 Frame Update | |
3744 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3745 | |
3746 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3747 | |
3748 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3749 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3750 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
25012 | 3752 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3753 |
3754 int | |
25012 | 3755 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3756 struct frame *f; | |
3757 int force_p; | |
3758 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3759 { | |
3760 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3761 int paused_p; | |
3762 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3763 | |
3764 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3765 { | |
3766 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3767 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3768 | |
3769 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3770 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3771 | |
3772 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3773 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3774 update_begin (f); | |
3775 | |
3776 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3777 support. */ | |
3778 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3779 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3780 | |
3781 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3782 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3783 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3784 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3785 |
3786 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3787 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3788 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3789 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3790 |
25012 | 3791 update_window (w, 1); |
3792 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3793 | |
3794 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3795 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3796 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3797 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3798 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3799 } |
3800 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3801 |
25012 | 3802 |
3803 /* Update windows. */ | |
3804 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3805 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3806 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3807 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3808 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3809 rif->flush_display (f); |
3810 #endif | |
3811 } | |
3812 else | |
3813 { | |
3814 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3815 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3816 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3817 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3818 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3819 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3820 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3821 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3822 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3823 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3824 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3825 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3826 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3827 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3828 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3829 |
25012 | 3830 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3831 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3832 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3833 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3834 #endif |
25012 | 3835 } |
3836 | |
3837 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3838 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3839 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3840 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3841 return paused_p; |
3842 } | |
3843 | |
3844 | |
3845 | |
3846 /************************************************************************ | |
3847 Window-based updates | |
3848 ************************************************************************/ | |
3849 | |
3850 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3851 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3852 | |
3853 static int | |
3854 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3855 struct window *w; | |
3856 int force_p; | |
3857 { | |
3858 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3859 |
25012 | 3860 while (w && !paused_p) |
3861 { | |
3862 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3863 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3864 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3865 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3866 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3867 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3868 | |
3869 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3870 } | |
3871 | |
3872 return paused_p; | |
3873 } | |
3874 | |
3875 | |
3876 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3877 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3878 | |
3879 void | |
3880 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3881 struct window *w; | |
3882 int force_p; | |
3883 { | |
3884 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3885 { | |
3886 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3887 | |
3888 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3889 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3890 | |
3891 /* Update W. */ | |
3892 update_begin (f); | |
3893 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3894 update_end (f); | |
3895 | |
3896 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3897 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3898 } | |
3899 } | |
3900 | |
3901 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3902 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3903 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3904 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3905 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3906 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3907 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3908 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3909 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3910 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3911 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3912 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3913 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3914 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3915 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3916 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3917 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3918 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3919 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3920 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3925 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3928 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3929 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3931 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3939 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3943 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3955 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3959 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3968 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3982 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3998 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4000 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4001 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4002 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4003 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4004 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4005 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4006 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4007 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4008 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4010 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4011 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4012 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4013 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4014 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4015 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4016 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4017 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4018 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4019 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4020 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4021 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4022 |
25012 | 4023 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4024 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4025 | |
4026 static int | |
4027 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4028 struct window *w; | |
4029 int force_p; | |
4030 { | |
4031 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4032 int paused_p; | |
4033 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4034 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4035 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4036 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4037 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4038 #endif |
25012 | 4039 |
4040 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4041 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4042 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4043 | |
4044 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4045 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4046 force_p = 1; | |
4047 else | |
4048 detect_input_pending (); | |
4049 | |
4050 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4051 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4052 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4053 { |
4054 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4055 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4056 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4057 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4058 |
4059 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4060 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4061 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4062 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4063 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 4064 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
4065 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4066 |
25012 | 4067 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4068 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4069 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4070 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4071 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4072 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4073 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4074 |
4075 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4076 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4077 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4078 { | |
4079 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4080 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4081 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4082 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4083 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4084 } |
4085 | |
4086 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4087 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4088 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4089 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4090 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4091 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4092 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4093 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4094 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4095 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4096 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4097 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4098 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4099 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4100 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4101 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4102 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4103 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4104 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4105 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4106 } |
25012 | 4107 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4108 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
25012 | 4109 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
4110 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4111 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4112 { |
25546 | 4113 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4114 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4115 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4116 } |
4117 | |
4118 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4119 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4120 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4121 { |
4122 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4123 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4124 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4125 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 4126 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
4127 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4128 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4129 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4130 detect_input_pending (); |
4131 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4132 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4133 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4134 |
4135 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4136 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4137 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4138 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4139 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4140 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4141 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4142 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4143 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4144 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4145 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4146 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4147 } | |
4148 | |
4149 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4150 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4151 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4152 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4153 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4154 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4155 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4156 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4157 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4158 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4159 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4160 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4161 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4162 |
25012 | 4163 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4164 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4165 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4166 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4167 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4168 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4169 #endif | |
4170 } | |
4171 | |
4172 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4173 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4174 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4175 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4176 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4177 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4178 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4179 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4180 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4181 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4182 } |
4183 else | |
4184 paused_p = 1; | |
4185 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4186 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4187 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4188 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4189 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4190 |
25012 | 4191 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4192 |
25012 | 4193 return paused_p; |
4194 } | |
4195 | |
4196 | |
4197 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4198 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4199 | |
4200 static void | |
4201 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4202 struct window *w; | |
4203 int area, vpos; | |
4204 { | |
4205 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4206 | |
4207 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4208 will be relative to. */ | |
4209 updated_area = area; | |
4210 | |
4211 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4212 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4213 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4214 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4215 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4216 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4217 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4218 } | |
4219 | |
4220 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4221 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4222 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4223 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4224 static int |
25012 | 4225 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4226 struct window *w; | |
4227 int vpos; | |
314 | 4228 { |
25012 | 4229 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4230 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4231 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4232 |
4233 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4234 will be relative to. */ | |
4235 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4236 |
25012 | 4237 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
4238 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4239 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4240 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4241 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4242 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4243 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4244 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4245 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4246 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4247 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4248 { | |
4249 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4250 |
25012 | 4251 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4252 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4253 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4254 |
25012 | 4255 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
4256 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4257 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4258 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4259 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4260 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4261 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4262 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4263 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4264 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4265 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4266 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4267 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4268 } |
4269 else | |
4270 { | |
4271 int stop, i, x; | |
4272 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4273 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4274 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4275 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4276 |
25012 | 4277 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4278 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4279 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4280 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4281 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4282 |
25012 | 4283 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
4284 i = 0; | |
4285 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4286 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4287 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4288 in common. */ |
25012 | 4289 while (i < stop) |
4290 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4291 int can_skip_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
25012 | 4293 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4294 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4295 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4296 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4297 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4298 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4299 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4300 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4301 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4302 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4303 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4304 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4306 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4307 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4308 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4309 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4310 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4311 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4312 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4313 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4314 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4315 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4316 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4317 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4318 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4319 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4320 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4321 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4322 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4323 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4324 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4325 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4326 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4327 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4328 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4329 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4330 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4331 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4332 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4333 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4334 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4336 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4337 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4338 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4339 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4340 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4341 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4342 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4343 } |
25012 | 4344 } |
4345 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4346 |
25012 | 4347 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4348 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4349 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4350 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4351 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4352 { | |
4353 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4354 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4355 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
25012 | 4358 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4359 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4360 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4361 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4362 && x == current_x) |
4363 { | |
4364 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4365 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4366 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4367 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4368 } |
4369 | |
4370 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4371 { | |
4372 i = start_hpos; | |
4373 x = start_x; | |
4374 desired_glyph = start; | |
4375 break; | |
4376 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4377 |
25012 | 4378 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4379 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4380 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4381 } |
4382 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4383 |
25012 | 4384 /* Write the rest. */ |
4385 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4386 { | |
4387 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4388 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4389 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4390 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4391 |
25012 | 4392 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4393 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4394 { | |
4395 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4396 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4397 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4398 appropriately above. */ | |
4399 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4400 } | |
4401 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4402 { | |
4403 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4404 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4405 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4406 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4407 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4408 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4409 } |
4410 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4411 { | |
4412 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4413 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4414 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4415 |
25012 | 4416 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4417 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4418 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4419 | |
4420 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4421 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4422 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4423 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4424 this way. */ | |
4425 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4426 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4427 { | |
4428 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4429 x = -1; | |
4430 } | |
4431 else | |
4432 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4433 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4434 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4435 } |
4436 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4437 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4438 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4439 } |
4440 | |
4441 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4442 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4443 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4444 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4445 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4446 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4447 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4448 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4449 { |
4450 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4451 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4452 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4453 |
4454 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4455 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4456 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4457 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4458 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4459 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4460 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4461 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4462 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4463 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4464 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4465 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4466 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4467 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4468 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4469 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4470 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4471 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4472 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4473 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4474 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4475 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4478 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4479 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4480 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4483 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4484 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4485 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4486 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4487 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4488 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4489 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4490 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4492 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4493 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4497 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4498 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4500 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4503 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4505 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4506 |
25012 | 4507 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4508 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4509 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4510 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4511 } |
4512 | |
4513 | |
4514 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4515 be called from update_window. */ | |
4516 | |
4517 static void | |
4518 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4519 struct window *w; | |
4520 { | |
4521 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4522 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4523 | |
4524 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4525 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4526 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4527 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4528 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4529 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4530 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4531 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4532 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4533 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4534 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4535 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4536 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4537 { | |
4538 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4539 | |
4540 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4541 { | |
4542 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4543 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4544 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4545 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4546 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4547 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4548 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4549 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4550 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4551 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4552 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4553 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4554 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4555 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4556 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4557 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4558 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4559 ++row; |
25012 | 4560 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4561 |
25012 | 4562 if (last_row) |
4563 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4564 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4565 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4566 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4567 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4568 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4569 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4570 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4571 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4572 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4573 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4574 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4575 |
25012 | 4576 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4577 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4578 } |
4579 } | |
4580 } | |
4581 else | |
4582 { | |
4583 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4584 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4585 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4586 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4587 } | |
4588 | |
4589 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4590 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4591 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4592 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4593 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4594 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4595 } | |
4596 | |
4597 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4598 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4599 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4600 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4601 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4602 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4603 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4604 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4605 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4606 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4607 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4608 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4609 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4610 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4611 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4612 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4613 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4614 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4615 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4617 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4631 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4640 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4690 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4692 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 |
25012 | 4708 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4709 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4710 |
4711 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4712 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4713 O(N) time. | |
4714 | |
4715 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4716 | |
4717 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4718 | |
4719 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4720 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4721 | |
4722 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4723 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4724 | |
4725 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4726 forward and backward. | |
4727 | |
4728 Value is | |
4729 | |
4730 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4731 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4732 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4733 | |
4734 static int | |
25546 | 4735 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4736 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4737 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4738 { |
4739 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4740 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4741 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4742 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4743 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4744 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4745 |
4746 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4747 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4748 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4749 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4750 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4751 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4752 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4753 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4754 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4755 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4756 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4757 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4758 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4759 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4760 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4761 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4762 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4763 break; |
25012 | 4764 } |
4765 | |
4766 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4767 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4768 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4769 |
25012 | 4770 first_old = first_new = i; |
4771 | |
4772 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4773 desired matrix. */ | |
4774 i = first_new + 1; | |
4775 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4776 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4777 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4778 ++i; |
4779 | |
4780 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4781 return 0; | |
4782 | |
4783 last_new = i; | |
4784 | |
4785 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4786 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4787 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4788 disabled. */ | |
4789 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4790 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4791 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4792 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4793 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4794 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4795 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4796 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4797 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4798 |
25012 | 4799 last_old = i; |
4800 | |
4801 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4802 i = last_new; | |
4803 j = last_old; | |
4804 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4805 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4806 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4807 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4808 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4809 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4810 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4811 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4812 --i, --j; |
4813 last_new = i; | |
4814 last_old = j; | |
4815 | |
4816 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4817 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4818 return 0; | |
4819 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4820 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4821 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4822 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4823 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4824 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4825 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4826 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4827 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4828 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4829 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4830 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4831 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4832 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4833 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4834 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4835 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4836 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4837 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4838 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4839 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4840 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4841 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4842 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4843 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4844 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4845 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4846 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4850 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4851 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4853 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4866 |
25012 | 4867 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4868 { | |
4869 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4870 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4874 } |
4875 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4877 } |
4878 | |
4879 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4880 { | |
4881 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4883 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4884 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4885 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4886 } |
4887 | |
4888 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4889 in both matrices. */ | |
4890 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4891 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4892 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4893 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4894 { |
4895 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4896 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4897 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4898 |
4899 /* Record move. */ | |
4900 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4901 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4902 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4903 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4904 run->nrows = 1; | |
4905 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4906 | |
4907 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4908 j = i - 1; | |
4909 k = new_line - 1; | |
4910 while (j > first_old | |
4911 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4912 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4913 { |
4914 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4915 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4916 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4917 ++run->nrows; |
4918 run->height += h; | |
4919 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4920 run->current_y -= h; | |
4921 --j, --k; | |
4922 } | |
4923 | |
4924 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4925 j = i + 1; | |
4926 k = new_line + 1; | |
4927 while (j < last_old | |
4928 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4929 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4930 { |
4931 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4932 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4933 run->height += h; |
4934 ++j, ++k; | |
4935 } | |
4936 | |
4937 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4938 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4939 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4940 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4941 case. */ | |
4942 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4943 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4944 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4945 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4946 runs[j] = run; | |
4947 ++nruns; | |
4948 | |
4949 i += run->nrows; | |
4950 } | |
4951 else | |
4952 ++i; | |
4953 | |
4954 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4955 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4956 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4957 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4958 | |
4959 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4960 | A | | B | | |
4961 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4962 | B | | A | | |
4963 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4964 | |
4965 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4966 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4967 | |
4968 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4969 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4970 { | |
4971 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4972 | |
4973 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4974 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4975 { | |
4976 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4977 | |
4978 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4979 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4980 { | |
4981 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4982 |
25012 | 4983 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
4984 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4985 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4986 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4987 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4988 p->nrows = 0; | |
4989 } | |
4990 } | |
4991 | |
4992 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4993 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4994 { | |
4995 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4996 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4997 |
25012 | 4998 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4999 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5000 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5001 assign_row (to, from); |
5002 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5003 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5004 } |
5005 } | |
5006 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5007 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5008 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5009 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5010 |
25012 | 5011 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5012 return 1; | |
5013 } | |
5014 | |
5015 | |
5016 | |
5017 /************************************************************************ | |
5018 Frame-Based Updates | |
5019 ************************************************************************/ | |
5020 | |
5021 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5022 | |
5023 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5024 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5025 should not be tried. | |
5026 | |
5027 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5028 | |
5029 static int | |
5030 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5031 struct frame *f; | |
5032 int force_p; | |
5033 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5034 { | |
5035 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5036 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5037 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5038 int i; | |
314 | 5039 int pause; |
5040 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5041 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5042 |
5043 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5044 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5045 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5046 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5047 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5048 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5049 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5050 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5051 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5052 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5053 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5054 { |
5055 pause = 1; | |
5056 goto do_pause; | |
5057 } | |
5058 | |
25012 | 5059 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5060 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5061 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5062 |
493 | 5063 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5064 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5065 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5066 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5067 break; |
5068 | |
5069 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5070 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5071 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5072 |
5073 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5074 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5075 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5076 | |
5077 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5078 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5079 { |
25012 | 5080 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5081 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5082 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5083 { |
5084 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5085 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5086 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5087 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5088 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5089 if (outq > 900 | |
5090 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5091 { | |
5092 fflush (stdout); | |
5093 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5094 { | |
554 | 5095 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5096 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5097 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5098 the outq count. */ |
314 | 5099 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5100 #endif | |
5101 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5102 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5103 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5104 } |
5105 } | |
5106 } | |
5107 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5108 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5109 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5110 |
25012 | 5111 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5112 } |
5113 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5114 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5115 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5116 |
5117 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5118 if (!pause) | |
5119 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5120 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5121 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5122 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5123 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5124 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5125 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5126 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5127 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5128 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5129 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5130 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5131 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5132 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5133 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5134 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5135 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5136 { |
25012 | 5137 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5138 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5139 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5140 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5141 } |
708 | 5142 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5143 { |
25012 | 5144 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5145 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5146 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5147 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5148 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5149 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5150 { |
25012 | 5151 --row; |
5152 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5153 |
25012 | 5154 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
5155 { | |
5156 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5157 must be ignored here. */ | |
5158 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5159 row); | |
5160 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5161 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5162 | |
5163 while (last > start | |
5164 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5165 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5166 |
25012 | 5167 col = last - start; |
5168 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5169 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5170 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5171 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5172 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5173 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5174 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5175 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5176 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5177 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5178 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5179 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5180 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5181 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5182 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5183 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5184 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5185 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5186 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5187 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5188 } |
314 | 5189 else |
25012 | 5190 { |
5191 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5192 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5193 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5194 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5195 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5196 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5197 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5198 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5199 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5200 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 5201 { |
5202 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5203 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5204 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5205 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5206 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5207 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5208 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
25012 | 5209 cursor_to (y, x); |
5210 } | |
5211 } | |
314 | 5212 } |
5213 | |
5214 do_pause: | |
5215 | |
25012 | 5216 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5217 return pause; |
5218 } | |
5219 | |
25012 | 5220 |
5221 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5222 |
21514 | 5223 int |
764 | 5224 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5225 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5226 { |
5227 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5228 int window_size; | |
5229 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5230 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5231 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5232 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5233 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5234 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5235 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 5236 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5237 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5238 | |
5239 if (!current_matrix) | |
5240 abort (); | |
5241 | |
5242 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5243 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5244 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5245 changed_lines = 0; |
5246 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5247 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5248 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 5249 { |
5250 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5251 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5252 return 0; |
25012 | 5253 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5254 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5255 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5256 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5257 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5258 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5259 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5260 } |
314 | 5261 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5262 { |
25012 | 5263 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5264 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5265 } |
314 | 5266 |
5267 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5268 { | |
5269 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5270 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5271 } |
5272 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5273 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5274 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5275 } |
5276 | |
5277 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5278 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5279 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 5280 return 1; |
5281 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5282 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5283 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5284 | |
5285 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5286 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5287 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5288 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5289 | |
5290 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5291 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5292 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5293 && (window_size >= |
5294 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5295 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5296 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5297 return 0; | |
5298 | |
25012 | 5299 if (window_size < 2) |
5300 return 0; | |
5301 | |
764 | 5302 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5303 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5304 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5305 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5306 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5307 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5308 | |
5309 return 0; | |
5310 } | |
25012 | 5311 |
5312 | |
5313 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5314 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5315 | |
5316 static int | |
5317 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5318 struct glyph *r; | |
5319 int len; | |
314 | 5320 { |
25012 | 5321 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5322 |
25012 | 5323 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5324 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5325 break; | |
5326 | |
5327 return i; | |
314 | 5328 } |
25012 | 5329 |
5330 | |
5331 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5332 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5333 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5334 |
5335 static int | |
25012 | 5336 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5337 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5338 { |
25012 | 5339 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5340 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5341 |
25012 | 5342 while (p1 < end1 |
5343 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5344 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5345 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5346 |
25012 | 5347 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5348 } |
5349 | |
25012 | 5350 |
314 | 5351 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5352 |
314 | 5353 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5354 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5355 |
25012 | 5356 |
5357 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5358 | |
314 | 5359 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5360 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5361 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5362 int vpos; |
5363 { | |
25012 | 5364 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5365 int tem; |
5366 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5367 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5368 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5369 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5370 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5371 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5372 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5373 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5374 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5375 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5376 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5377 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5378 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5379 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5380 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5381 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5382 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5383 { |
25012 | 5384 obody = 0; |
314 | 5385 olen = 0; |
5386 } | |
5387 else | |
5388 { | |
25012 | 5389 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5390 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5391 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5392 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5393 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5394 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5395 olen--; |
314 | 5396 } |
5397 | |
25012 | 5398 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5399 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5400 | |
5401 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5402 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5403 { |
5404 nlen = 0; | |
5405 goto just_erase; | |
5406 } | |
5407 | |
25012 | 5408 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5409 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5410 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5411 | |
5412 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5413 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5414 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5415 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5416 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5417 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5418 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5419 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5420 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5421 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5422 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5423 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5424 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5425 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5426 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5427 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5428 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5429 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5430 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5431 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5432 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5433 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5434 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5435 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5436 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5437 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5438 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5439 |
25012 | 5440 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5441 return; | |
5442 } | |
314 | 5443 |
5444 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5445 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5446 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5447 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5448 nlen--; |
314 | 5449 |
5450 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5451 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5452 { | |
25012 | 5453 int i, j; |
5454 | |
5455 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5456 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5457 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5458 { | |
25012 | 5459 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5460 { |
25012 | 5461 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5462 j = i + 1; | |
5463 while (j < nlen | |
5464 && (j >= olen | |
5465 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5466 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5467 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5468 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5469 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
314 | 5470 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5471 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5472 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5473 |
5474 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5475 } | |
5476 } | |
5477 | |
5478 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5479 if (olen > nlen) | |
5480 { | |
5481 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5482 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5483 } | |
5484 | |
25012 | 5485 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5486 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5487 return; |
5488 } | |
5489 | |
25012 | 5490 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5491 characters in a row. */ | |
5492 | |
314 | 5493 if (!olen) |
5494 { | |
25012 | 5495 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5496 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5497 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5498 nsp = 0; |
5499 else | |
5500 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5501 | |
314 | 5502 if (nlen > nsp) |
5503 { | |
5504 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5505 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5506 } | |
5507 | |
764 | 5508 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5509 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5510 return; |
5511 } | |
5512 | |
5513 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5514 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5515 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5516 |
5517 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5518 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5519 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5520 |
5521 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5522 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5523 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5524 { |
5525 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5526 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5527 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5528 } |
5529 | |
5530 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5531 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5532 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5533 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5534 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5535 | |
5536 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5537 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5538 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5539 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5540 while (op1 > op2 |
5541 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5542 { |
5543 op1--; | |
5544 np1--; | |
5545 } | |
5546 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5547 | |
5548 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5549 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5550 Is it worth it? */ | |
5551 | |
5552 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5553 if (endmatch && tem | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5554 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5555 endmatch = 0; |
5556 | |
5557 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5558 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5559 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5560 Is it worth it? */ | |
5561 | |
5562 if (nsp != osp | |
5563 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5564 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5565 { |
5566 begmatch = 0; | |
5567 endmatch = 0; | |
5568 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5569 } | |
5570 | |
5571 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5572 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5573 | |
5574 if (osp > nsp) | |
5575 { | |
5576 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5577 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5578 } | |
5579 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5580 { | |
5581 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5582 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5583 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5584 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5585 { | |
5586 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5587 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5588 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5589 } | |
5590 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5591 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5592 } |
5593 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5594 | |
5595 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5596 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5597 { | |
5598 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5599 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5600 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5601 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5602 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5603 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5604 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5605 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5606 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5607 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5608 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5609 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5610 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5611 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5612 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5613 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5614 } |
314 | 5615 } |
5616 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5617 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5618 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5619 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5620 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5621 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5622 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5623 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5624 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5625 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5626 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5627 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5628 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5629 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5630 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5631 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5632 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5633 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5634 |
25012 | 5635 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5636 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5637 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5638 delete_glyphs (del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5639 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5640 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5641 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5642 olen = nlen; |
5643 } | |
5644 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5645 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5646 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5647 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5648 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5649 olen = nlen; | |
5650 } | |
5651 } | |
5652 | |
5653 just_erase: | |
5654 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5655 if (olen > nlen) | |
5656 { | |
5657 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5658 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5659 } | |
5660 | |
764 | 5661 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5662 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5663 } |
25012 | 5664 |
5665 | |
314 | 5666 |
25012 | 5667 /*********************************************************************** |
5668 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5669 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5670 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5671 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5672 Return in *OBJECT the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5673 Return in *POS the position in that object. Adjust *X and *Y |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5674 to character boundaries. */ |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5675 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5676 void |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5677 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, object, pos) |
25012 | 5678 struct window *w; |
5679 int *x, *y; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5680 Lisp_Object *object; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5681 struct display_pos *pos; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5682 { |
25012 | 5683 struct it it; |
5684 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5685 struct text_pos startp; | |
5686 int left_area_width; | |
5687 | |
5688 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5689 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5690 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5691 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5692 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5693 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5694 left_area_width = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
25012 | 5695 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, |
5696 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5697 |
25012 | 5698 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; |
5699 *y = it.current_y; | |
5700 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5701 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5702 *object = STRINGP (it.string) ? it.string : w->buffer; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5703 *pos = it.current; |
25012 | 5704 } |
5705 | |
5706 | |
5707 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5708 mode or header line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero |
25012 | 5709 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
5710 the string returned. */ | |
5711 | |
5712 Lisp_Object | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5713 mode_line_string (w, x, y, part, charpos) |
25012 | 5714 struct window *w; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5715 int x, y; |
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5716 enum window_part part; |
25012 | 5717 int *charpos; |
5718 { | |
5719 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5720 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5721 int x0; | |
5722 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5723 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5724 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5725 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5726 else | |
25546 | 5727 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5728 |
5729 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5730 { |
25012 | 5731 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5732 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5733 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5734 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5735 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5736 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5737 { | |
5738 string = glyph->object; | |
5739 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5740 break; | |
5741 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5742 } |
25012 | 5743 |
5744 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5745 } |
25012 | 5746 |
5747 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5748 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5749 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5750 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5751 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5752 Lisp_Object |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5753 marginal_area_string (w, x, y, part, charpos) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5754 struct window *w; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5755 int x, y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5756 enum window_part part; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5757 int *charpos; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5758 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5759 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5760 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5761 int x0, i, wy = y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5762 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5763 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5764 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5765 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5766 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5767 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5768 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5769 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5770 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5771 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5772 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5773 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5774 break; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5775 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5776 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5777 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5778 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5779 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5780 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5781 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5782 |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5783 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5784 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5785 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5786 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5787 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5788 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5789 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5790 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5791 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5792 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5793 |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5794 for (; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5795 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5796 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5797 string = glyph->object; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5798 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5799 break; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5800 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5801 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5802 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5803 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5804 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5805 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5806 |
25012 | 5807 /*********************************************************************** |
5808 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5809 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5810 |
5811 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5812 |
493 | 5813 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5814 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5815 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5816 { |
5817 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5818 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5819 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5820 #endif |
314 | 5821 int old_errno = errno; |
5822 | |
764 | 5823 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5824 |
764 | 5825 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5826 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5827 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5828 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5829 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5830 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5831 | |
5832 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5833 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5834 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5835 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5836 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5837 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5838 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5839 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5840 break; |
5841 } | |
5842 } | |
5843 } | |
5844 | |
5845 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5846 errno = old_errno; | |
5847 } | |
5848 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5849 | |
5850 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5851 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5852 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5853 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5854 |
21514 | 5855 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5856 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5857 int safe; |
314 | 5858 { |
5859 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5860 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5861 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5862 |
314 | 5863 while (delayed_size_change) |
5864 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5865 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5866 |
5867 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5868 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5869 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5870 { |
25012 | 5871 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5872 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5873 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5874 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5875 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5876 } |
5877 } | |
5878 } | |
5879 | |
5880 | |
764 | 5881 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5882 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5883 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5884 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5885 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5886 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5887 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5888 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5889 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5890 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5891 |
21514 | 5892 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5893 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5894 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5895 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5896 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5897 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5898 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5899 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5900 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5901 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5902 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5903 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5904 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5905 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5906 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5907 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5908 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5909 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5910 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5911 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5912 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5913 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5914 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5915 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5916 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5917 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5918 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5919 |
314 | 5920 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5921 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5922 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5923 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5924 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 5925 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5926 return; | |
5927 } | |
5928 | |
764 | 5929 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5930 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5931 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5932 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5933 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5934 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5935 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5936 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5937 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 5938 |
5939 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5940 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5941 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5942 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5943 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5944 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5945 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5946 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5947 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5948 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5949 return; |
5950 | |
15078 | 5951 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5952 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5953 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5954 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5955 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5956 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5957 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5958 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5959 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5960 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 5961 { |
25012 | 5962 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5963 { |
25012 | 5964 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5965 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 5966 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
5967 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5968 (newheight | |
5969 - 1 | |
5970 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5971 0); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5972 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5973 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5974 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5975 } |
5976 else | |
764 | 5977 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5978 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5979 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5980 | |
5981 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5982 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5983 } |
5984 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5985 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5986 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5987 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 5988 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5989 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 5990 |
5991 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 5992 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 5993 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5994 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5995 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 5996 } |
5997 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5998 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5999 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 6000 |
6001 { | |
6002 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6003 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6004 |
25012 | 6005 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
6006 &text_area_height); | |
6007 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6008 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6009 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6010 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6011 } | |
6012 | |
6013 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6014 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6015 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6016 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6017 |
6018 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6019 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6020 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6021 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6022 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6023 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6024 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer, Qt); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6025 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6026 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6027 } |
25012 | 6028 |
6029 | |
314 | 6030 |
25012 | 6031 /*********************************************************************** |
6032 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6033 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6034 | |
6035 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6036 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6037 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6038 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6039 (file) |
25012 | 6040 Lisp_Object file; |
6041 { | |
6042 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
6043 termscript = 0; | |
6044 | |
6045 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6046 { | |
6047 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6048 termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
25012 | 6049 if (termscript == 0) |
6050 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
6051 } | |
6052 return Qnil; | |
6053 } | |
6054 | |
6055 | |
314 | 6056 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6057 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6058 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6059 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6060 (string) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6061 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6062 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6063 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6064 CHECK_STRING (string); |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6065 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), stdout); |
314 | 6066 fflush (stdout); |
6067 if (termscript) | |
6068 { | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6069 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6070 termscript); |
314 | 6071 fflush (termscript); |
6072 } | |
6073 return Qnil; | |
6074 } | |
6075 | |
25012 | 6076 |
314 | 6077 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6078 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6079 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6080 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6081 (arg) |
314 | 6082 Lisp_Object arg; |
6083 { | |
493 | 6084 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6085 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6086 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6087 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6088 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6089 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6090 fflush (stdout); |
6091 } | |
6092 else | |
6093 bitch_at_user (); | |
6094 | |
6095 return Qnil; | |
6096 } | |
6097 | |
21514 | 6098 void |
314 | 6099 bitch_at_user () |
6100 { | |
6101 if (noninteractive) | |
6102 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6103 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6104 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6105 else | |
6106 ring_bell (); | |
6107 fflush (stdout); | |
6108 } | |
6109 | |
25012 | 6110 |
6111 | |
6112 /*********************************************************************** | |
6113 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6114 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6115 | |
314 | 6116 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6117 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6118 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6119 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6120 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6121 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6122 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6123 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6124 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6125 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6126 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6127 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6128 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6129 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6130 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6131 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6132 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6133 | |
6134 { | |
6135 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6136 sec = (int) duration; | |
6137 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6138 } | |
314 | 6139 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6140 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6141 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6142 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6143 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6144 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6145 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6146 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6147 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6148 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6149 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6150 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6151 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6152 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6153 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6154 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6155 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6156 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6157 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6158 return Qnil; |
6159 | |
650 | 6160 { |
6161 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6162 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6163 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6164 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6165 } | |
587 | 6166 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6167 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6168 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6169 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6170 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6171 immediate_quit = 1; |
6172 QUIT; | |
6173 | |
6174 #ifdef VMS | |
6175 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6176 #else /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6177 /* The reason this is done this way |
314 | 6178 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6179 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined'. */ |
314 | 6180 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
554 | 6181 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6182 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6183 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6184 |
314 | 6185 while (1) |
6186 { | |
554 | 6187 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6188 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6189 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6190 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6191 break; |
6192 } | |
6193 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6194 sleep (sec); | |
6195 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6196 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6197 |
314 | 6198 immediate_quit = 0; |
6199 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6200 | |
6201 return Qnil; | |
6202 } | |
6203 | |
25012 | 6204 |
650 | 6205 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6206 it does the redisplay. | |
6207 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6208 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6209 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6210 |
6211 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6212 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6213 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6214 { |
650 | 6215 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6216 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6217 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6218 |
43729
5b4c5b84bb9d
(sit_for): Don't wait if executing a kbd macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
43713
diff
changeset
|
6219 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display) || !NILP (Vexecuting_macro)) |
314 | 6220 return Qnil; |
650 | 6221 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6222 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6223 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6224 |
673 | 6225 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6226 return Qt; | |
6227 | |
314 | 6228 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6229 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6230 #endif |
6231 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6232 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6233 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6234 | |
314 | 6235 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6236 } | |
6237 | |
25012 | 6238 |
650 | 6239 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
40979 | 6240 doc: /* Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6241 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6242 fraction of a second. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6243 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6244 Optional arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6245 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6246 if input is available before it starts. |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6247 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6248 |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6249 An obsolete but still supported form is |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6250 \(sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6251 Where the optional arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6252 in milliseconds; this was useful when Emacs was built without |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6253 floating point support. |
51413
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6254 usage: (sit-for SECONDS &optional NODISP OLD-NODISP) */) |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6255 |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6256 /* The `old-nodisp' stuff is there so that the arglist has the correct |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6257 length. Otherwise, `defdvice' will redefine it with fewer args. */ |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6258 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6259 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6260 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6261 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6262 |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6263 if (NILP (nodisp) && !NUMBERP (milliseconds)) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6264 { /* New style. */ |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6265 nodisp = milliseconds; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6266 milliseconds = Qnil; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6267 } |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6268 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6269 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6270 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6271 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6272 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6273 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6274 | |
6275 { | |
6276 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6277 sec = (int) duration; | |
6278 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6279 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6280 |
650 | 6281 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6282 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6283 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6284 #endif |
6285 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6286 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6287 } |
25012 | 6288 |
6289 | |
314 | 6290 |
25012 | 6291 /*********************************************************************** |
6292 Other Lisp Functions | |
6293 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6294 | |
6295 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6296 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6297 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6298 add length checks). */ | |
6299 | |
6300 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6301 | |
6302 | |
6303 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6304 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, |
40979 | 6305 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6306 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6307 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6308 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6309 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6310 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6311 the current state. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6312 () |
25012 | 6313 { |
6314 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6315 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6316 int n; | |
6317 | |
6318 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6319 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6320 { | |
6321 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6322 goto changed; | |
6323 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6324 goto changed; | |
6325 } | |
6326 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6327 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6328 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6329 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6330 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6331 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6332 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6333 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6334 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6335 continue; |
6336 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6337 goto changed; | |
6338 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6339 goto changed; | |
6340 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6341 goto changed; | |
6342 } | |
6343 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6344 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6345 return Qnil; | |
6346 changed: | |
6347 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6348 n = 1; | |
6349 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6350 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6351 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6352 n += 3; |
6353 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6354 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6355 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6356 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6357 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6358 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6359 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6360 { | |
6361 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6362 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6363 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6364 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6365 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6366 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6367 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6368 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6369 continue; |
6370 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6371 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6372 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6373 } | |
6374 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6375 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6376 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6377 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6378 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6379 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6380 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6381 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6382 abort (); | |
6383 return Qt; | |
6384 } | |
6385 | |
6386 | |
6387 | |
6388 /*********************************************************************** | |
6389 Initialization | |
6390 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6391 | |
314 | 6392 char *terminal_type; |
6393 | |
25012 | 6394 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6395 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6396 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6397 |
21514 | 6398 void |
314 | 6399 init_display () |
6400 { | |
6401 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6402 extern int display_arg; | |
6403 #endif | |
6404 | |
25012 | 6405 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6406 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6407 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6408 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6409 | |
314 | 6410 meta_key = 0; |
6411 inverse_video = 0; | |
6412 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6413 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6414 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6415 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6416 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6417 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6418 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6419 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6420 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6421 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6422 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6423 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6424 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6425 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6426 |
6427 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6428 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6429 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6430 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6431 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6432 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6433 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6434 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6435 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6436 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6437 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6438 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6439 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6440 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6441 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6442 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6443 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6444 ) |
314 | 6445 { |
6446 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6447 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6448 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6449 #else | |
6450 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6451 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6452 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6453 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6454 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6455 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6456 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6457 #endif |
25012 | 6458 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6459 return; |
6460 } | |
6461 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6462 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6463 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6464 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6465 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6466 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6467 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6468 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6469 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6470 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6471 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6472 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6473 #ifdef MAC_OS |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6474 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6475 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6476 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6477 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6478 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6479 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6480 } |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6481 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6482 |
314 | 6483 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6484 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6485 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6486 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6487 exit (1); |
6488 } | |
6489 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6490 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6491 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
6492 if (!terminal_type) | |
6493 { | |
6494 #ifdef VMS | |
6495 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6496 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6497 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6498 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6499 #else | |
6500 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6501 #endif | |
6502 exit (1); | |
6503 } | |
6504 | |
6505 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6506 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6507 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6508 { | |
6509 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6510 char *p; | |
6511 | |
6512 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6513 | |
6514 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6515 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6516 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6517 | |
6518 terminal_type = new; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6519 } |
25012 | 6520 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6521 |
6522 term_init (terminal_type); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6523 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6524 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6525 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6526 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6527 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
25012 | 6529 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6530 | |
6531 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6532 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6533 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6534 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6535 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6536 |
25012 | 6537 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6538 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6539 |
6540 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6541 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6542 if (initialized) | |
6543 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6544 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6545 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6546 |
6547 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6548 if (initialized | |
6549 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6550 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6551 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6552 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6553 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6554 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6555 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6556 #endif |
25012 | 6557 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6558 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6559 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6560 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6561 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6562 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6563 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6564 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6565 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6566 } |
314 | 6567 } |
25012 | 6568 |
6569 | |
314 | 6570 |
25012 | 6571 /*********************************************************************** |
6572 Blinking cursor | |
6573 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6574 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6575 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6576 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6577 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6578 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6579 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6580 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6581 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6582 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6583 { |
6584 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6585 output routines. */ | |
6586 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6587 { | |
6588 if (NILP (window)) | |
6589 window = selected_window; | |
6590 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6591 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6592 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6593 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6594 } |
6595 | |
6596 return Qnil; | |
6597 } | |
6598 | |
6599 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6600 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6601 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6602 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6603 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6604 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6605 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6606 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6607 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6608 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6609 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6610 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6611 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6612 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6613 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6614 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6615 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6616 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6617 |
25012 | 6618 |
6619 /*********************************************************************** | |
6620 Initialization | |
6621 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6622 | |
21514 | 6623 void |
314 | 6624 syms_of_display () |
6625 { | |
764 | 6626 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6627 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6628 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6629 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6630 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6631 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6632 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6633 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6634 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6635 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6636 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6637 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6638 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6639 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6640 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6641 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6642 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6643 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6644 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6645 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6646 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6647 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6648 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6649 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6650 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6651 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6652 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6653 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6654 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6655 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6656 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6657 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6658 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6659 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6660 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6661 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6662 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6663 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6664 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6665 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6666 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6667 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6668 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6669 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6670 doc: /* Name of window system that Emacs is displaying through. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6671 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6672 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6673 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6674 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6675 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6676 For X windows, this is 10 or 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6677 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6678 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6679 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6680 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6681 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6682 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6683 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6684 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6685 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6686 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6687 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6688 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6689 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6690 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6691 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6692 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6693 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6694 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6695 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6696 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6697 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6698 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6699 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6700 | |
314 | 6701 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6702 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6703 if (noninteractive) | |
6704 #endif | |
6705 { | |
6706 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6707 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6708 } | |
6709 } |